MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Mark<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-13)<br>1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee<br> * Early ministry (1:14-3:6)<br> * Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)<br> * Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)<br>1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)<br>1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)<br>1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)<br><br>### What is the Book of Mark about?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Mark?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:<br><br>*The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.<br><br>*The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah.<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating shor
MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You can make me clean”<br><br>Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### “The kingdom of God is near”<br><br>Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”
MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This verse introduces the reader to the story of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 1 2 fc4t figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate Translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 1 2 s28q figs-yousingular προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If this would be misunderstood your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 3 lkm3 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 1 The voice of one crying out in the wilderness Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:”
MRK 1 3 cf0e figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 **a voice** here is used to depict the person of the “messenger” from the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it “The voice of the messenger is crying out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. See the next note for alternate translations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord **Make ready the way of the Lord** represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 3 xlxd figs-explicit ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord People prepare for the coming of Lord by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 3 yyk3 figs-explicit Κυρίου 1 **the Lord** in this verse refers to Jesus the Messiah. Do not translate this as Jesus, as this would not reflect the quote well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 1 3 h8rt figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν 1 The imagery of paths or **the way** is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
MRK 1 4 di1o translate-names Ἰωάννης 1 **John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 1 4 s05n καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which were done to gentiles who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that the person was converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them so that they might follow God and turn from their former evil ways”
MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-synecdoche ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **region** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 1 5 cf75 figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem Here, **the whole region** and **all the people** are generalizations that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And John was baptizing them in the Jordan River as there were confessing their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 1 6 n3rk writing-background καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1 This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 1 6 u2io figs-extrainfo καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1 This description of John the Baptist would have reminded the readers of Elijah, who was a prophet in the Old Testament. John the Baptist is commonly associated with Elijah in the New Testament by Jesus (See [John 1:21](../jhn/01/4.21md)). You do not need to clarify this in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 1 7 l7jd writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν 1 he was proclaiming The pronoun **He** is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie To **stoop down** to untie someone’s **sandal** was the job of a servant. John is comparing himself to a servant, which is commonly look at as dirty and only for the lowest class. He did this to show how great Jesus is. His audience would have understood this at the time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a similar task which would be reserved for people of a lower class. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the **Holy Spirit**. In the same way that the people were cleansed by John’s baptism, they will be fully cleansed by the Holy Spirit when Jesus comes. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 8 r1j9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 it happened that in those days **And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate **he was baptized by John** with an active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 1 9 zv8t figs-go ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 1 10 ci5n grammar-connect-time-simultaneous καὶ εὐθὺς ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος 1 It is important to note that Jesus saw the heavens opening up at the same time as he was **coming up out of the water**. To make this more clear in your language you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time that Jesus was coming up out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove **Spirit coming down on him like a dove** could mean: (1) **the Spirit** descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a bird does” (2) the **Spirit** literally looked **like a dove** as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 1 10 stwh grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθὺς 1 The word **immediately** occurs 41 more times throughout the book of Mark. You should try to translate it with the same word or phrase each time it occurs unless for some reason it would be unnatural in your language in certain contexts.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 1 10 n8sg figs-activepassive εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **he saw the heavens being split open** with an active form. Alternate translation: “he saw God open the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 1 11 jh9m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Luke speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 my beloved Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 1 12 mh8n εὐθὺς 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** in [Mark 1:10](../mrk/01/10.md)
MRK 1 13 k2kt translate-numbers πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say **being tempted by Satan** with an active form. Alternate translation: “For 40 days Satan continued tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God”
MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων 1 he was with Alternate Translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals”
MRK 1 13 sojp figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 1 **The angels** were likely providing Jesus with his daily needs, such as food and water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 1 14 o4oh figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The original readers of Mark would have known that John was arrested because he rebuked Herod Antipas because of Herod’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 1 14 tmh9 figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 Mark is using this phrase as background information to set the scene for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 1 14 ys3b figs-activepassive ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 It might be helpful for your readers to clarify that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned to the Galilee district” or “Jesus went back to the district of Galilee”
MRK 1 15 fzq5 figs-idiom πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **the time was been fulfilled** means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Oftentimes, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 1 15 kr53 figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **the kingdom of God** is a phrase that includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God. It also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is going to rule” or “God is about to begin His rule” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
MRK 1 16 kgzb figs-explicit Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 Simon and Andrew are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net into the sea If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 16 xor6 grammar-connect-logic-result ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 The phrase **for they were fishermen** explains the reason why they were casting their nets. They were casting their nets because that was their job. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information.Alternate translation: “They were casting their nets because this was their job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 1 17 zui3 figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come after me** is an idiom which means to follow someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 1 17 mlc6 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you to become fishers of men **fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s message, so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 17 i2sr figs-metaphor ἀνθρώπων 1 **men** here refers not just to men, but to people in general. Alternate Translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 1 19 xl2m figs-explicit καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets Assumed in this passage is that James and John’s net was torn from fishing. Oftentimes, nets get torn by rocks and sticks which are in the water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate Translation: “They were in the boat fixing their nets, for they had ripped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 20 zjz5 figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 having called them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly that Jesus called to James and John. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes The author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If this would be misunderstood in you in you language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 1 22 e9gf grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς. 1 Here, Jesus’ teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MRK 1 22 kmxf ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 Alternate translation: “The people in the synagogue were amazed”
MRK 1 23 w7z2 figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 The person with the unclean spirit enters the synagogue while Jesus is preaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit entered the synagogue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 1 24 qsig figs-explicit ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 **us** here refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 1 28 hrbh figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 29 ybs7 ἦλθον 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went to the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 1 30 bvvl writing-background ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 1 30 vnp5 translate-unknown πυρέσσουσα 1 A **fever** is an illness which causes the temperature of the body to increase. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 1 31 bzd2 figs-events ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός 1 Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, even though it happened in the opposite order. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus took her hand and helped her up out of bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
MRK 1 31 sff6 figs-explicit ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 31 i5br figs-explicit διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 she started serving them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly that she likely served them food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 32 h0y2 writing-background ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος 1 ***Now when it became evening, after the sun had set** gives background information which helps the reader know when in the day this was occurring. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 1 32 d1i7 figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους 1 all those having sickness and those possessed by demons The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. It is not likely that every single sick person was brought to Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “A great number who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 1 33 grp2 figs-metonymy ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 the whole city was gathered together at the door The word **city** is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people from that city gathered outside of Simon’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 1 33 pa4f figs-hyperbole καὶ ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 The entire city did not gather at his door. This expression is used to express that a large number of people came to him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people from the city gathered at Jesus’ door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 1 37 vgc7 figs-hyperbole πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Everyone is seeking you The word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize that many people were looking for Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 1 38 plm9 figs-exclusive ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 We may go elsewhere Here, Jesus uses the word **us** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 1 38 z53z figs-extrainfo εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις 1 Which towns the **surrounding towns** are is clarifed in the following passages. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 1 39 lb9t grammar-connect-time-simultaneous κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων 1 Jesus’ was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous)
MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went in all of Galilee The words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that conveys this idea. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 1 41 flc0 figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus felt compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself Here, the word **yourself** represents the skin of the leper. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 1 45 z363 figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 from all sides The word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)<br>1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)<br>1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)<br>1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)<br>1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and Feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 1 ir5j figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 it was heard that he is at home If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 2 1 j6pa grammar-connect-time-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ 1 The author tells us that Jesus **entered again** to remind us that he has already been in Capernaum in [1:21](../01/21.md). You could make this more explicit in your language. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 2 1 afvi figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 3 s21g translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 2 4 v6ma translate-unknown ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι 1 they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 having seen their faith **having seen the men’s faith** could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 5 hzg6 translate-kinship τέκνον 1 Child The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoning in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 2 7 yr5a figs-rquestion τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ? 1 Why does this man speak this way? The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man should not speak this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός? 1 Who is able to forgive sins except God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only **God is able to forgive sins**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 8 niy6 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit The word **spirit** is a metonym for his inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 2 8 h3zp figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 10 g4jn εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly.
MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person and convey the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 2 13 ma6f grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase acts as background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MRK 2 13 zecn figs-go πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 2 14 sc4g translate-names Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου 1 Levi son of Alphaeus **Alphaeus** was the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they were following him Alternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus”
MRK 2 15 zqcu figs-hendiadys καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
MRK 2 16 rwu1 figs-rquestion οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 This phrase tells the reader that these scribes were members of the group known as the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality to tax collectors and sinners. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MRK 2 17 c62j figs-irony οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 **Those who are sick** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 2 17 lh4l figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 2 18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 they are coming **They came** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “A group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 2 18 j1h2 figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες 1 This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 18 y7bm figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 19 tiiz figs-extrainfo μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom may be taken away If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 2 20 y79o figs-activepassive τότε 1 **then** here shows the reader that the bridegroom must first leave, and then the friends will begin fasting. Make sure this is clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 No one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 22 fk15 figs-explicit ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins These were bags made out of animal skins where wine was stored. If they were old and used, and someone put new wine in them, they would tear. This would happen because the wine expands as it sits for a long time and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 2 22 dgcz figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “But you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 23 k3pa figs-explicit τοὺς στάχυας 1 the heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “picking heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 24 h41a figs-rquestion ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν? 1 Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths? The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 24 bf8w figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Look “Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MRK 2 25 g8sf figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did You can state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 25 cjzx figs-doublet ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν 1 **had need** and **hungry** are two words that being used to express the same idea. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can combine the two words in your translation. Alternate translation: “When he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 2 26 y57j figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 2 26 wz3g figs-metaphor εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for man Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 2 27 u83s figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 man **man** is a word which refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 2 27 v3mb figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person, but to mankind as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not man for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title.
MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”.
MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Brothers and Sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here”
MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill **Do the laws that God gave Moses permit people to do good on the day of rest, or to do evil** and **Do the laws permit us to save a person’s life on the day of rest, or permit us to refuse to help a person and let them die** are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. The two phrases are trying to make the same point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life, or to kill The phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If this would be misunderstood, you may clarify and add it again for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or is it lawful to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 3 4 nut4 figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 a life This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 3 5 n4ep figs-metaphor τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 **hardness of heart** is a common metaphor which describes stubbornness towards God’s will. The Pharisees were stubborn about their unwillingness to do anything on the Sabbath — whether good or evil. They therefore leave this man to suffer with his crippled hand. Alternate Translation: “by their stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 3 5 c3qe figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ 1 his hand was restored You can state this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 3 6 nvk1 figs-explicit τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 8 mm5v figs-explicit ὅσα ἐποίει 1 how much he was doing This refers to the miracles Jesus was performing. Alternate translation: “the great miracles that Jesus had performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 9 zu5e figs-explicit εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν 1 he said to his disciples that a small boat should be waiting for him because of the crowd, so that they would not press against him As the large **crowd** was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was because there were so many people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 10 e86s grammar-connect-logic-result πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 For he healed many, so that as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 3 10 ge71 figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 10 qyyv figs-metaphor ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ 1 To **press against** someone means that they are drawing very close to them. Usually this has to do with crowds surrounding someone. If this would be misunderstood, think of a way in your language which this could be expressed. Alternate translation: “so a large number of people surrounded him closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα 1 they were falling down before him and crying out, saying Here, **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 11 rpwx figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα 1 The spirits knew who Jesus is without Him telling them. This is because Jesus is God, and He is the one who created them. If readers would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation “they caused the people whom they controlled to fall down because of Jesus’ power, and they cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 3 13 fatx figs-idiom ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 1 **he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus traveled to the mountainous regions. If this would be misunderstood, you may state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 3 16 ywli translate-textvariants καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
MRK 3 16 i7tf translate-names καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 To Simon, also he added the name Peter **Simon** is the first man listed. All of the names listed here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 3 16 bt0f figs-explicit ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 In ancient times, people changed their names to show that they are changing something about them. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-metaphor ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-metaphor]])
MRK 3 19 r3zs ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed him This note tells the reader that **Judas Iscariot** stood out from the rest of the Apostles, in that he later would betray the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 3 20 rq6k figs-synecdoche μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 they are not able even to eat bread The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 3 21 mf5q figs-idiom ἐξέστη 1 He is out of his mind This idiom describes how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 3 23 q8f3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? 1 How is Satan able to cast out Satan? Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he **cast out** demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 3 23 xb13 figs-synecdoche Σατανᾶν 1 The name **Satan** is used here to refer to Satan’s “kingdom”, and not just him. If a reader would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “his own power” or “his own evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 3 24 j5sv figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη 1 Jesus uses this parable to show why scribes are wrong to think Jesus is controlled by Satan. He is saying that if a group of people are not united, they will not be able to exist together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 3 24 b4z4 figs-synecdoche ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 if a kingdom might have been divided against itself The word **kingdom** refers to the people who live in the **kingdom**. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 3 24 k3bz figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 is not able to stand This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: “will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 3 24 h7hr figs-litotes οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 is not able to stand You can state this phrase in positive form. Alternate translation: “will fall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 3 25 zcr1 figs-metonymy οἰκία 1 a house This is a metonym for the people who live in **a house**. Alternate translation: “a family” or “a household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 3 25 dm6j figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι 1 This is another parable which shows the religious leaders why they are wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 3 25 dlev figs-parallelism καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι 1 This parable is identical to the previous one. If the repetition would confuse readers, you can use one or the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 3 26 w7na figs-rpronouns εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 if Satan rose up against himself and was divided The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 3 26 vif7 figs-parallelism καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει 1 While this parable is similar to the previous two, it would be good to keep it, as the parable refers back to the original problem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 3 26 df2f figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει 1 he is not able to stand, but he has an end This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and not endure. Alternate translation: “he will cease to be united and will be finished” or “he cannot endure and has come to an end” or “he will fall and come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 3 27 mvr6 figs-parables ἀλλ’ οὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ; καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 1 he will plunder This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 3 27 x9lk figs-genericnoun οὐδεὶς 1 This doe not refer to a specific person, but to people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 3 28 f6fq ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
MRK 3 28 p6sz figs-idiom τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 of the sons of men Here, the phrase **sons of men** is an idiom which means the people. Alternate translation: “of people” or “of mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 3 29 ips3 figs-genericnoun ὃς δ’ ἂν 1 **Whoever** here does not refer to anyone, but is a generic word for a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 3 30 sfa2 figs-idiom πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει 1 He has an unclean spirit This is an idiom that means to be possessed by **an unclean spirit**. Alternate translation: “an unclean spirit is controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 3 31 gef8 καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Then his mother and his brothers come Alternate Translation: “Then Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived”
MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who are my mother and my brothers? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that he considers those who follow God to be his beloved These are people who belong to his spiritual family. He has not forgotten who his family members are. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may make it explicit. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who I consider to be my mother and brothers” or “I will tell you who I love as a mother or brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 3 33 iu9r translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Jesus is using the words **mother** and **brother** here not referring to biological relatives, but to those whom he loves and whom obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MRK 3 35 dr45 figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 whoever may do … this is **whoever** does not refer to any specific person, but to any person who does these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 this is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.
MRK 4 1 i95e grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 the sea Jesus **stepped into the boat** because the crowd was so big that it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat so the crowd could hear his teaching.” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 4 2 h2a9 καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is on the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 4 3 vqh3 figs-parables ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι 1 Listen! Behold, the sower Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear Jesus’ teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 4 3 gmdi figs-imperative ἀκούετε 1 This is an imperative which Jesus speaks to get his listeners to hear what he is about to say. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Listen to what I am about to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MRK 4 4 si37 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 as he sowed, some fell beside the road Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As we was scattering the seeds, some of them fell unprotected from animals onto the path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 4 5 wuw2 καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες 1 In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 4 6 z2el figs-idiom ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος 1 **the sun rose** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 it was scorched If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 4 9 qxy4 figs-123person ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 4 10 u2nj ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας 1 when he was alone This does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 To you has been given If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I have given you the mystery of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 11 q2az figs-explicit ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω 1 to those who are outside **to those who are outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ group of disciples. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they may look, but may not see **see** here is a metaphor for being spiritually blind. Alternate translation: “When they see my works, they will not know why I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 12 e33y figs-quotesinquotes ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν 1 Mark is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 so that they would not turn **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state it in plain language. Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 13 fs1v figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε? 1 Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables? Jesus used **Do you not understand this parable?** and **how will you understand all the parables?** to show how disappointed he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all of the other parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 14 m72p figs-metonymy ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Marks’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one sowing the seed represents a person who proclaims God’s message to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 14 rp6h figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 sows the word Here, **the word** means the gospel which Jesus was proclaiming. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sowed the message which Jesus was proclaiming” or “sowed the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 4 14 xdaj figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 sows the word Sowing the message represents teaching it. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the one who teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 15 p68u figs-metaphor οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the instance when the seeds fell along the path. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 15 gcuh figs-metaphor οὗτοι 1 **These** is a generic noun for people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 4 16 ty3q figs-metaphor καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν ὁμοίως οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι 1 These are the ones If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the rocky soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 16 d7ep figs-metaphor οὗτοί 1 See the note on **these** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 4 16 gdq7 figs-metaphor οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the ones which the sower sowed on the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 17 p5fr figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 They have no root in themselves This is a comparison to young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. If your readers would not understand what **they have no root in themselves** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they did not fully grasp the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 17 s5mh figs-hyperbole οὐκ…ῥίζαν 1 no root **They have no root in themselves** is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 4 17 t21w figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζονται 1 they are caused to stumble **to stumble** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they stop believing in God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 18 uu9b figs-metaphor ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι 1 others are the ones sown among the thorns If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed into the thorny plants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 18 wlab figs-metaphor ἄλλοι 1 See note about **others** on [4:15](../04/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 4 19 wa3k αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 the cares of this age Alternate translation: “the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
MRK 4 19 s7s7 figs-metaphor εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον 1 entering in choke the word Jesus uses the metaphor **choke** to depict what these peoples’ desires to to them. Similarly to how a thorny plant chokes a baby plant, worldly desire chokes faith. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “did not allow the faith to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 19 f4ip ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful **unfruitful** is a metaphor used to depict whether one is a follower of Jesus or not. If a tree is fruitful, it is living and healthy. If it is not fruitful, it is dead or unhealthy. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works showing that they follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 20 axh1 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες 1 these are the ones sown in the good soil If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 20 d3r7 figs-ellipsis ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 4 20 tdwj translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 4 21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them”
MRK 4 21 nn7e figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 21 dkq7 figs-rquestion ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην 1 Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 4 22 y5kn figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 4 22 kc6k figs-parallelism οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον 1 nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened **there is nothing that is hidden…there is nothing that is secret** Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Nothing is hidden that will not be revealed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear See how your translated this in [4:09](../04/09.md)
MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 In that measure you use This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you If it would be more natural in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 26 n1mq figs-parables οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 4 26 r5n7 figs-simile ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 As a man who may throw his seed Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a man who **may throw his seed**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God grows like when a man throws seed on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 4 26 htar figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person, but people who scatter seed in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As people who scatter seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MRK 4 28 cew8 grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα 1 the ear These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends forth the sickle Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 4 29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 sickle A **sickle** is a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If this would be misunderstood, use a tool in your language that is used to do this job.
MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 4 30 ivk2 figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it? Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 31 w4l5 figs-activepassive ὅταν σπαρῇ 1 when it may have been sown If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MRK 4 33 y7i2 καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1t This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
MRK 4 34 oo4t figs-litotes χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 Luke uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he was explaining everything Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 4 38 b4xb figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα? 1 do you not care that we are perishing? The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 Be silent! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ? 1 Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Talitha, koum”<br><br>The words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 5 1 fix1 writing-newevent καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 Connecting Statement: This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 5 1 gt8a figs-go ἦλθον 1 They came Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 5 4 nsol translate-unknown διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 5 4 fk7t translate-unknown πέδαις 1 shackles **shackles** are pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners. The shackles are then attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move. Think of an object in your culture that is used to constrain people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 5 6 y6c2 figs-explicit καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ 1 And seeing Jesus from a distance After **having seen Jesus** the man then ran to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After the man saw Jesus from a distance, he then ran to him and bowed down before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 5 7 ux6u figs-events 0 General Information: The information in these two verses may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
MRK 5 7 ppu5 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου? 1 What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 5 7 kd19 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 5 9 h6ch figs-exclusive λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 1 he says to him, “My name is Legion, for we are many.” The spirit who is speaking is speaking on behalf of all of the spirits who are possessing the man. **we** here includes him and all of the other spirits. Make sure that this is understood in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 5 9 oa64 figs-exclusive Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν 1 A **legion** is the name of a large group of Roman soldiers. The unclean spirit uses this name to tell Jesus that they **many**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation “My name is Legion. This is our name because there are many of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 5 10 gtq4 καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὰ ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας 1 Mark inserts this verse and the following verse to give important information about what Jesus does with the spirits. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 5 13 iff6 figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς 1 he permitted them It may be helpful to state clearly what Jesus allowed them to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 5 13 a28z translate-numbers ὡς δισχίλιοι 1 about 2,000 “about two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 5 13 ntl1 translate-numbers ἐξελθόντα 1 Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 5 15 qih4 τὸν λεγεῶνα 1 the Legion This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md).
MRK 5 15 fb4b figs-idiom σωφρονοῦντα 1 being in his right mind This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “being of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 5 18 pup5 figs-quotations ἵνα μετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 5 19 e21m figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 1 But he did not permit him Jesus was not allowing the an into the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with them in the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 5 20 g8ed translate-names τῇ Δεκαπόλει 1 the Decapolis This is the name of a region that means “Ten Cities.” It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 5 20 y8vn figs-ellipsis πάντες ἐθαύμαζον 1 everyone was marvelling It may be helpful to state who the people were that were **marveling**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 5 22 u1rx figs-go ἔρχεται εἷς τῶν ἀρχισυναγώγων 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “one of the leaders of the synagogue went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 5 23 jd27 ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας 1 you may lay your hands **lay your hands** often refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you might heal her” or “you might lay your hands on her to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 5 23 kzz8 figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῇ 1 in order that she may be healed and she may live If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that you might heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 5 25 e2cz writing-participants καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα 1 And a woman, being This introduces the woman as a new character in the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MRK 5 25 h58w figs-euphemism ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη 1 with a flow of blood for 12 years The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 5 27 z2hg figs-explicit τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the things about Jesus She had heard reports about how Jesus healed people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Jesus healed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 5 28 alc9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ 1 This verse tells the reader that the woman had determined to **touch his clothes** in her mind before she actually touched Jesus’ cloak. Think of a way in your language which makes it apparent that this is the reason why she touches Jesus’ cloak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MRK 5 28 wge2 figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 I will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 5 29 c1vz figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 she had been healed from the disease If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 5 30 ma2b figs-explicit τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 his power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his power went out from him and healed someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 5 33 r3a0 figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 5 34 gbk8 translate-kinship θυγάτηρ 1 Daughter Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 5 35 vqt0 figs-infostructure ἡ θυγάτηρ σου ἀπέθανεν; τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 **your daughter died** explains why he asks the question here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Why trouble the teacher any longer? For your daughter died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
MRK 5 39 a3ih figs-rquestion τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε? 1 Why are you upset and weeping? Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 5 39 dzrk figs-ellipsis τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The words **The child** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The child is not dead, but the child is sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 5 39 g83c figs-euphemism τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child has not died, but is sleeping **sleep** here refers to death. Jesus is likely using it to mean a temporary end to the girls life, but not a permanent end. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child is not permanently dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 Talitha, koum! This is an Aramaic sentence which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was 12 years of age “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 and he told them to give her something to eat You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Anointed with oil”<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.
MRK 6 1 mjr1 τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there.
MRK 6 2 y4xj τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? This question, which contains passive construction, can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that he has gained?”
MRK 6 2 s1xy διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι 1 being done by his hands This phrase emphasizes that Jesus himself does the miracles. Alternate translation: “that he himself works”
MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 6 3 tlub translate-names Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος 1 James … Joses … Judas … Simon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except This sentence uses a double negative to create emphasis of the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 6 5 k9gh ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on a few sick people, he healed them. Prophets and teachers would put their **hands** on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people.
MRK 6 7 w7qq translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Jesus’ instructions in verses 8 and 9 can be reordered to separate what he told the disciples to do from what he told them not to do, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here, **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 6 10 wv9h ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them “Jesus said to the Twelve”
MRK 6 10 h31d figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν 1 remain there until you may go away from there Here, **remain** represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: “eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony against them It may be helpful to explain how this action was **a testimony against them**. Alternate translation: “as a testimony to them. By doing that, you will be testifying that they did not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 12 sqt2 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντες 1 having gone out It may be helpful to state that they went out to various towns. Alternate translation: “having gone out to various towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 6 12 xtva ἐκήρυξαν 1 they proclaimed The word **they** refers to the Twelve and does not include Jesus.
MRK 6 13 i7eq figs-ellipsis δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον 1 they were casting out many demons It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: “they were casting many demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 6 14 y69r 0 Connecting Statement: When Herod hears about Jesus’ miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.)
MRK 6 14 f9um ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης 1 King Herod heard this The word **this** refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 some were saying, “John the Baptist has been raised Some people were saying that Jesus was **John the Baptist**. You can state this more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some were saying, ‘He is John the Baptist who has been raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 14 cb7p figs-idiom Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised Here, **raised** is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 6 14 ly7z figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But others were saying, “He is Elijah.” It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 16 bg3k writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison You can state this clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the wife of his brother Philip Herod’s **brother Philip** is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 6 17 yn6x ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν 1 because he married her “because Herod had married her”
MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο 1 was wanting to kill him, but she was not able Herodias is the subject of this phrase and **she** is a metonym as she wants someone else to execute John. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him, but she could not have him killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 6 20 k8wa grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς 1 for Herod was fearing John, knowing These two clauses can be linked differently to show more clearly why Herod feared John. Alternate translation: “for Herod feared John because he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
MRK 6 20 fj95 εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον 1 knowing him to be a righteous and holy man “because Herod knew that John was a righteous and holy man”
MRK 6 20 i5de ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ 1 having heard him “having listened to John”
MRK 6 21 xi2t writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: The author continues to give background information about Herod and the beheading of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 6 21 m54q figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials Here, **Herod** is a metonym for his servants whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 6 21 h5x9 τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον 1 his birthday dinner a formal meal or banquet to celebrate his birthday
MRK 6 22 a1d7 figs-rpronouns τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself The word **herself** is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias’ own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 6 22 nir8 εἰσελθούσης 1 having entered “having come into the room”
MRK 6 23 qr1w ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοι, ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου 1 Whatever you may ask of me, I will give you, up to half of my kingdom “I will give you up to half of what I own and rule, if you ask for it”
MRK 6 24 jky3 ἐξελθοῦσα 1 having gone out “after she went out of the room”
MRK 6 25 ap2w πίνακι 1 a platter “a board” or “a large wooden dish”
MRK 6 26 c1gn figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 because of his oath and those reclining at table with him You can state clearly the content of the **oath**, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 30 gm4a 0 Connecting Statement: After the disciples return from preaching and healing, they go somewhere to be alone, but there are many people who come to hear Jesus teach. When it becomes late, he feeds the people and then sends everyone away while he prays alone.
MRK 6 31 wu9z ἔρημον τόπον 1 a desolate place a place where there are no people
MRK 6 31 p1c9 ἦσαν…οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί 1 those coming and those going were many This means that people were continually **coming** to the apostles and then **going** away from them.
MRK 6 31 a8q1 οὐδὲ…εὐκαίρουν 1 they were not even having opportunity The word **they** refers to the apostles.
MRK 6 32 dp4l καὶ ἀπῆλθον 1 And they went away Here the word **they** includes both the apostles and Jesus.
MRK 6 33 x5un εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας, καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί 1 many saw them leaving and recognized them “many people saw Jesus and the apostles leaving and recognized them”
MRK 6 33 r1jh πεζῇ 1 on foot The people are going **on foot** by land, which contrasts with how the disciples went by boat.
MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 they were like sheep not having a shepherd Jesus compares the people to **sheep** who are confused when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης 1 And the hour already having become late This means it was late in the day. Alternate translation: “And when it was getting late” or “And late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος 1 This place is desolate This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
MRK 6 37 am7m ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 But answering, he said to them “But Jesus answered and said to his disciples”
MRK 6 37 cts5 figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν? 1 Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat? The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii The singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MRK 6 38 h61r ἄρτους 1 loaves lumps of bread dough that have been shaped and baked
MRK 6 39 xgb6 τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 the green grass Describe the **grass** with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**.
MRK 6 40 e4cb figs-explicit πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα 1 by group according to hundreds and according to fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 41 l8q3 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 45 bc6z figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side This refers to the Sea of Galilee. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 6 48 rvu4 0 Connecting Statement: A storm arises while the disciples are trying to cross the lake. Seeing Jesus walking on the water terrifies them. They do not understand how Jesus can calm the storm.
MRK 6 48 g7ka translate-ordinal τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 the fourth watch This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο 1 they were completely amazed among themselves If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “they were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened A **heart** that has been **hardened** represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: “they were too stubborn to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 6 53 rc3z 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go.
MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 6 55 e7fh figs-explicit περιέδραμον ὅλην τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 1 they ran throughout that whole region It may be helpful to state why they ran through the region. Alternate translation: “they ran throughout the whole district in order to tell others that Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout … they were hearing The word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
MRK 6 55 wr7f figs-nominaladj τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 those having sickness This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 6 56 bjv5 ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο 1 wherever he was entering “wherever Jesus entered”
MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hand washing<br><br>The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Ephphatha”<br><br>This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 7 1 b9ul συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 are gathering around him “are gathered around Jesus”
MRK 7 2 b8qw writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 3 and 4, the author gives background information about the Pharisees’ washing traditions in order to show why the Pharisees were bothered that Jesus’ disciples did not wash their hands before eating. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 7 2 wd6i translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Verses 3 and 4 can be reordered in order to make it easier to understand, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
MRK 7 2 a2qf ἰδόντες 1 they had seen “the Pharisees and the scribes saw”
MRK 7 2 eea5 figs-activepassive τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις 1 that is, unwashed The word **unwashed** explains why the disciples’ hands were defiled. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “that is, with hands that they had not washed” or “that is, that they had not washed their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-metaphor διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **Walk in** here is a metaphor for “obey.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 7 5 ugom figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? The Pharisees and scribes asked this question to challenge Jesus’ authority. This can be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Your disciples disobey the traditions of our elders! They should wash their hands using our rituals.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 6 xtab figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 7 7 f8q5 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 But they worship me in vain “But they offer me useless worship”
MRK 7 8 xz71 ἀφέντες 1 Having abandoned having refused to obey
MRK 7 8 hnw4 κρατεῖτε 1 you hold fast to “you hold strongly to” or “you only keep”
MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! Jesus uses this ironic statement to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 7 9 r5li καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε 1 How well you reject “How skillfully you reject”
MRK 7 10 d4sd ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα 1 The one speaking evil of his father “The one who curses his father”
MRK 7 10 ayl3 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 let him die the death “he must surely be put to death”
MRK 7 10 dv6e figs-activepassive ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 The one speaking evil of his father or mother—let him die the death You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The authorities must surely execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 7 11 q76i κορβᾶν…ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 Whatever you would have profited from me is Corban The tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose.
MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 7 11 ev2r figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 that is, a gift This phrase explains the meaning of the Hebrew word “Corban.” You can state this in active form. Mark explained the meaning so that his non-Jewish readers could understand what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “I have given it to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 7 12 g18b translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verses 11 and 12, Jesus shows how the Pharisees teach people that they do not have to obey God’s commandment to honor their parents. In verse 11 Jesus tells what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions, and in verse 12 he tells how that shows the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents. This information can be reordered to first tell about the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents and then tell how that attitude is shown in what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
MRK 7 12 cb8c figs-explicit οὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί 1 you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his mother By doing this, the Pharisees are allowing people not to provide for their parents, if they promise to give to God what they would have given to them. You can order these words before the words that begin with “Whatever help” in verse 11: “You no longer permit a person to do anything for his father or his mother after he says, ‘Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban.’ (Corban means ‘Given to God.’)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 13 df13 ἀκυροῦντες 1 nullifying cancelling or doing away with
MRK 7 13 ena5 παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε 1 you do many such similar things “you are doing may other things similar to this”
MRK 7 14 wp7p figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable to the crowd to help them understand what he has been saying to the scribes and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 7 14 yni7 figs-ellipsis σύνετε 1 understand It may be helpful to state what Jesus is telling them to **understand**. Alternate translation: “try to understand what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-explicit οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to “what come out of the person.” Alternate translation: “nothing from outside a person that he can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-explicit τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 the things that come out from the man This refers to the things a person does or says. This is in contrast to “what is outside a person that enters into him.” Alternate translation: “It is what comes out of a person that he says or does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 17 m42w 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples still do not understand what Jesus has just said to the scribes, Pharisees, and crowds. Jesus explains his meaning more thoroughly to them.
MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also thus without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 7 19 wi6y figs-rquestion ὅτι οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται? 1 because it does not go into his heart, but into his stomach, and then passes out into the latrine? This is the end of the question that begins with the words “Do you not see” in verse 18. Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples something they should already know. It can be expressed as a statement. “You should already understand that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here, **it** refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 making all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 20 r12p ἔλεγεν 1 he was saying “Jesus said”
MRK 7 20 eq3a τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 What is coming out from the man, that defiles the man “What defiles a person is what comes out of him”
MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 out of the heart of men, proceed evil thoughts Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 7 23 h9ta figs-ellipsis ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται 1 come out from within Here the word **within** describes a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “come from within a person’s heart” or “come from within a person’s thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 7 25 j2k9 figs-idiom εἶχεν…πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον 1 having an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “being possessed by an unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει 1 But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent The word **But** marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 7 26 e39y translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 a Syrophoenician This is the name of the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 Permit the children first to be fed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 7 29 sa9t figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 go Jesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 29 pa3u figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 The demon has gone out from your daughter Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman’s **daughter**. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 31 g44h 0 Connecting Statement: After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people.
MRK 7 31 paz4 ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων 1 up to a part of the region This could mean: (1) “up to a place in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis. (2) “through part of the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
MRK 7 31 cxa8 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 of the Decapolis This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 7 32 bnq6 φέρουσιν 1 they bring “the people brought”
MRK 7 32 i5gy κωφὸν 1 someone who was deaf “a person who was not able to hear”
MRK 7 32 jlj4 figs-explicit παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 they beg him that he would lay his hand on him Prophets and teachers would put their **hands on** people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 33 p3aa ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν 1 having taking him aside “after Jesus took the man aside”
MRK 7 33 jwi8 πτύσας, ἥψατο τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 having spit, he touched his tongue Jesus spits and then touches the man’s tongue.
MRK 7 33 ld3f figs-explicit πτύσας 1 having spit It may be helpful to state that Jesus **spit** on his fingers. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 7 34 vfn4 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
MRK 7 34 lbw4 translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 Ephphatha Here the author refers to something by an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 7 34 qiy7 ἐστέναξεν 1 he sighed This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ sympathy for the man.
MRK 7 34 m4a8 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 says to him “said to the man”
MRK 7 35 yg15 figs-idiom ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 his ears were opened This means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: “his ears were opened and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 the band of his tongue was released You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 7 37 iy76 ὑπέρπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 they were extremely astonished “they were utterly amazed” or “they were exceedingly astonished” or “they were astonished beyond all measure”
MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf … the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.<br><br>Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Adulterous generation”<br><br>When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).
MRK 8 1 sgv6 0 Connecting Statement: A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 8 2 h8v8 ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν 1 they are remaining with me already for three days and do not have anything to eat “this is this third day these people have been with me, and they have nothing to eat”
MRK 8 3 u3mu figs-hyperbole ἐκλυθήσονται 1 they will faint This could be: (1) a literal statement that they may lose consciousness temporarily. (2) a hyperbolic exaggeration that means “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 8 4 jdk2 figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? 1 From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place? The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 4 b7tn ἄρτων 1 with bread Loaves of **bread** are lumps of dough that have been shaped and baked.
MRK 8 5 m56c ἠρώτα αὐτούς 1 he asked them “Jesus asked his disciples”
MRK 8 6 x2jr figs-quotations παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 he commands the crowd to recline on the ground This can be written as a direct quote. “Jesus commanded the crowd, ‘Sit down on the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 8 7 pzy6 καὶ εἶχαν 1 and they had Here the word **they** is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
MRK 8 7 mb6v εὐλογήσας αὐτὰ 1 having blessed them “after Jesus gave thanks for the fish”
MRK 8 8 m9k6 ἔφαγον 1 they ate “the people ate”
MRK 8 8 mxn1 ἦραν 1 they picked up Here, **they** could refer to the disciples, or to the people in the crowd.
MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 an abundance of broken pieces—seven baskets This refers to the **broken pieces** of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 9 m81z figs-explicit καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς 1 and he sent them away It may be helpful to clarify when **he sent them away**. Alternate translation: “and after they ate, Jesus sent them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 he went into the region of Dalmanutha It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 of Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. The word **heaven** could be: (1) a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (2) the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 11 cl3q figs-explicit πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 testing him The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 having sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
MRK 8 12 s8xl τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit “in himself”
MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 12 l335 figs-explicit τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ 1 Why does this generation seek for When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to the people who lived at that time. The Pharisees are included in this group. Alternate translation: “Why do you and the people of this generation seek for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον 1 if a sign will be given You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 8 13 i2se figs-explicit ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 having left them, having boarded a boat again Jesus’ disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he left them and got into a boat again with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side You can state clearly that this describes the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 14 fl8d 0 Connecting Statement: While Jesus and his disciples are in a boat, they have a discussion about the lack of understanding among the Pharisees and Herod, though they had seen many signs.
MRK 8 14 m74g writing-background καὶ 1 And Here, **And** marks a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about the disciples forgetting to bring bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 8 14 gtg6 figs-litotes εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον 1 except for one loaf The negative phrase **except for** is used to emphasize how small an amount of bread they had. Alternate translation: “only one loaf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 Keep watch! Be on guard These two terms have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 8 15 ya88 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod Here Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**, but you should not explain this when you translate it because the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 8 16 xs4p figs-explicit ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 that they have no bread In this statement, it may be helpful to state what they thought Jesus had meant when he spoke to them about **bread**. Alternate translation: “that he must have said that because they had no bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 they have no bread The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: “very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 8 17 wf6j figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 17 rq8c figs-metaphor πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 8 17 mihv figs-rquestion πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the 5,000 This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 19 t7ig translate-numbers τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the 5,000 “the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 8 19 e4zq figs-explicit πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 20 b5bm figs-metonymy τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the 4,000 This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 4,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 20 lip5 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the 4,000 “the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MRK 8 20 ggl1 figs-explicit πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? 1 How do you not yet understand? Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 22 mul4 translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 8 22 mx9q figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 that he would touch him It may be helpful to state why they wanted Jesus to touch the man. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 23 t5ud πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 having spit into his eyes, having laid his hands on him, he was asking him “when Jesus had spit on the man’s eyes and laid his hands on him, Jesus asked the man”
MRK 8 24 jcv8 ἀναβλέψας 1 having looked up “when the man looked up”
MRK 8 24 r6tk figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 I see men who look like walking trees The man sees men **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him, so he compares them to **trees**. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 8 25 png5 εἶτα πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν 1 Then he again laid “Then Jesus again laid”
MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη 1 and he looked intently and was restored The phrase **was restored** can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “restoring the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 8 27 e4l3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him.
MRK 8 28 ac8h figs-explicit Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν 1 John the Baptist The disciples answer that this was who some people said Jesus was. This can be shown more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some people say that you are John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 other … others The tow occurrences of **others** refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 8 30 fk1z figs-explicit ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 30 rgy8 figs-quotations ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him This can be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 8 31 d4dc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 8 31 m32p figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι 1 to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three days You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 8 32 te4z figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ 1 began to rebuke him Peter rebuked Jesus for saying the things he said would happen to the Son of Man. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “began to rebuke him for saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 33 ev5s 0 Connecting Statement: After rebuking Peter for his not wanting Jesus to die and rise, Jesus tells both his disciples and the crowd how to follow him.
MRK 8 33 nu32 figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς 1 Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind Jesus means that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are not setting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follow after me To **follow** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 8 34 skl2 ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 let him deny himself “he must not give in to his own desires” or “he must forsake his own desires”
MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-metaphor ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me “carry his cross and follow me.” Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 8 35 mpq6 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for my sake and for the gospel “because of me and because of the gospel.” Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and **the gospel**. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “because he follows me and tells others the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 36 w7gm κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul This can also be expressed as a condition starting with the word “if.” Alternate translation: “if he gains the whole world and then forfeits his life”
MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he ever wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 8 36 bu77 ζημιωθῆναι 1 to forfeit To **forfeit** something is to lose it or to have another person take it away.
MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 8 37 zw4j τί…δοῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 what might a man give If in your language to **give** requires someone to receive what is given, you can state clearly that “God” is the receiver. Alternate translation: “what can a person give to God”
MRK 8 38 rvi6 ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 1 may be ashamed of me and my words “may be ashamed of me and my message”
MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 8 38 s5tm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 8 38 xd58 ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 when he may come “when he comes back”
MRK 8 38 vl69 ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the glory of his Father When Jesus returns he will have the same **glory** as his Father.
MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)).
MRK 9 1 q4b6 writing-pronouns ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you can state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 1 xm40 figs-yousingular ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Here, the word **you** is plural, in the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, and refers to everyone that Jesus is speaking to. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 9 1 kg4x figs-idiom οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If your readers would not understand this idiom you can use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 9 1 qloy figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 1 ymou figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 1 yjf6 figs-explicit τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 the kingdom of God come with power The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would help your readers understand the meaning you can state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2-10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 2 uf5f figs-rpronouns κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους 1 by themselves, alone The author uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 9 2 krt6 translate-unknown μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured before them The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 9 2 b3bb figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 3 gp48 translate-unknown οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι 1 as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth and would clean and bleach it. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 9 4 f2d6 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 Elijah with Moses appeared **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 4 j83a translate-names Μωϋσεῖ 1 **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 4 r3uu writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 4 pj3i writing-pronouns ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking with Here, the word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 4 sh7s figs-activepassive καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **were seen** with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they saw Elijah and Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 4 y9r3 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 5 w6vs ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 answering, Peter says to Jesus Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 9 5 k3y1 translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 shelters **Shelters** are simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 9 5 ou1t translate-names Μωϋσεῖ 1 **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 5 u7di translate-names Ἠλείᾳ 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
MRK 9 7 e3id ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς 1 came, overshadowing them Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them”
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-personification ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 a voice came from the cloud Mark speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
MRK 9 7 ybu6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 9 7 lg0e figs-yousingular ἀκούετε 1 **Listen** is a command or instruction to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 9 9 q2qv writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 9 w1nf writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 9 wter διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen”
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 would rise from the dead Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 10 edv3 figs-explicit καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 **And they kept the matter to themselves** means that Peter, James, and John did not share with other people that Jesus had been transfigured until after he rose from the dead. Alternate translation: “And they did not tell others about Jesus’ transfiguration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 10 wfu9 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise from the dead See how you translated the phrase “rise from the dead” in the previous verse.
MRK 9 11 s9zn writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 they were questioning him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 11 je29 writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 11 wgsr translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 12 s3q3 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? 1 And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised? Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. You could translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 9 12 toik figs-activepassive καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning behind the phrase **been written** with an active form. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 12 i3j7 figs-activepassive ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 would be despised If it would be more natural in your language, you can state the phrase **would be despised** in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 13 k3kj figs-explicit ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον 1 they did whatever they wanted to him If it would help your readers, consider stating explicitly what the Jewish people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 14 n8fd ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 having come to the disciples Alternate translation: “When Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain”
MRK 9 14 qsp3 writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς…αὐτούς 1 Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refers to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus and Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 15 qhc3 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν 1 All three of the occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse, refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers you can clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 16 w679 writing-pronouns καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crown” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 18 h98h ξηραίνεται 1 he becomes rigid Alternate translation: “his body becomes rigid”
MRK 9 18 zre6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 they could not The phrase **the were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 19 tb67 figs-extrainfo ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει 1 answering them, he says Here, the pronoun **them** is plural so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly who **them** refers to. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MRK 9 19 azc9 figs-abstractnouns ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 You unbelieving generation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 19 nbw0 figs-metonymy ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history and specifically to refer to all the people who were present with him. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
MRK 9 19 c88a figs-rquestion ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 9 19 n4dq figs-parallelism ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long will I have to be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 9 19 b7u5 ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 will I bear with you Alternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you”
MRK 9 19 nrya φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people.
MRK 9 20 bw3l πνεῦμα 1 the spirit See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md).
MRK 9 20 l4r5 writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 threw him into a convulsion In this verse the first and fourth occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son” who was possessed by a mute spirit and mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 20 vdj4 writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer Jesus. If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 21 f5zm καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν 1 From childhood Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boy’s father, ‘How long of a time has this been happening to him?’ And the father said, ‘This has been happening to him since childhood’”
MRK 9 22 f5yu figs-infostructure βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 having had compassion In the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first. The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
MRK 9 22 fbup figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 23 vh6c εἰ δύνῃ? 1 ‘If you are able’? The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more natural in your language you can express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’”
MRK 9 23 kp1x πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 All things are possible for the one believing Alternate translation: “Everything is possible for the person who believes” or “Anything is possible for the person believing in God”
MRK 9 23 e5kk figs-explicit τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for the one believing The word **believing** refers to belief in God, and here it specifically refers to belief in Jesus and his power. The phrase **the one** means “any person” or “any one.” If it would help your readers you can say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for anyone who believes that God is able to do them” or “for any person who believes in God’s power” or “for anyone one who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 24 h4y6 figs-explicit βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 Help me in my unbelief The sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power but rather these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 24 wssi figs-abstractnouns βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 25 qaw4 figs-explicit ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 the crowd is running to them This means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 25 b54j grammar-collectivenouns ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
MRK 9 25 ul8k figs-explicit τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα 1 You mute and deaf spirit The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 25 zd5c figs-go ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “go out from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 26 adb6 κράξας 1 having cried out Alternate translation: “after the unclean spirit cried out”
MRK 9 26 i8dz figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 convulsed him greatly Your language may say “went out” rather than **came out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “it went out” or “the spirit went out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 26 n7h8 figs-nominaladj ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς 1 he became like a dead person Mark is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 9 26 ns4t ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς λέγειν 1 so that many Alternate translation: “so that many people said”
MRK 9 27 r9zn ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 lifted him up Alternate translation: “helped him get up”
MRK 9 28 f0x7 figs-go εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον 1 Your language may say “come” rather than “went” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had come into a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 28 zwjp εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον 1 Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a house”
MRK 9 28 sd45 κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself Alternate translation: “privately”
MRK 9 29 pdk2 figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fasting The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 9 29 v2s7 figs-explicit τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 This kind Here, the phrase **This kind** refers to kinds of unclean spirits. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 29 kh4w figs-go τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθεῖν 1 Your language may say “go out” rather than “come out” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 29 yrzf figs-abstractnouns προσευχῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 29 l6ok figs-abstractnouns νηστείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed”
MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 having been killed, he will rise again after three days If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 33 xv94 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 33 l2kj figs-go ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων…πάντων 1 of all … of all Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people”
MRK 9 36 qqcu writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 one of these little children Alternate translation: “a child such as this one”
MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 37 uik3 figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God who sent him. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 37 y24n figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who has sent me Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he was not following us Here, **following** does not seem to mean to be one of Jesus’ disciples, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 9 39 oynl figs-litotes μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν 1 Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 9 39 yw2q figs-metonymy ὀνόματί 1 See how you translated **name** in the previous verse [9:39](../09/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 39 h7ez figs-abstractnouns κακολογῆσαί 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **evil** by using an adjective to describe it or by expressing it some other way that is natural in language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 40 tma4 οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 is not against us Alternate translation: “is not opposing us”
MRK 9 41 lz5d figs-explicit ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another. This is a figurative way of referring to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus’ name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If your readers would not understand this you can use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 41 m0d8 figs-metonymy ὀνόματι 1 See how you translated **name** in [9:37](../09/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 41 u325 figs-ellipsis ἐν ὀνόματι 1 Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 9 41 bpz5 figs-idiom ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he may certainly not lose Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 41 jjq5 figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 9 42 cj0l figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MRK 9 42 gef5 figs-explicit καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ 1 Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 9 42 z6k5 translate-unknown μύλος ὀνικὸς 1 a large millstone *large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone”. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 9 42 bx6c figs-explicit περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 if your hand may cause you to stumble Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do something sinful with your hand. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 43 ifcv figs-hyperbole ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν 1 When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand** because Judaism taught against harming one’s body and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14-23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere, that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 9 43 h9lh figs-hyperbole κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 9 43 wd7y figs-explicit εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here, the phrase **enter into life** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and live forever” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 9 43 l5bf figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 9 43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 into the unquenchable fire Alternate translation: “where the fire cannot be put out”
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 if your foot may cause you to stumble Here, the word **foot** is a metonym for going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 45 so26 figs-explicit εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 See how you translated the phrase **enter into life** in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 9 45 vj49 figs-hyperbole εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν 1 to enter into life lame When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 9 45 hbt9 figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **to be thrown** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 47 okc3 figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 Here, **eye** is a metonym for desiring to sin as a result of looking at something which God has prohibited. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 9 47 h4dv figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended and has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” that was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into God’s kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
MRK 9 47 t7uv figs-hyperbole μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 9 47 r2gn figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell See how you translated the phrase **to be thrown into Gehenna** in [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 may become unsalty “loses its salty taste”
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 with what will you season it? **with what will you season it** is a rhetorical question. can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 9 50 t76n αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε 1 will you season it “will you make it taste salty again”
MRK 9 50 f34y figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Have salt in yourselves Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt** that people possess. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 9 50 syc9 figs-rpronouns ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted each of his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves personally. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 9 50 tind figs-yousingular εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 **be at peace with one another** is a command or instruction to all of Jesus’ 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)).
MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται 1 having gotten up, he goes from that place Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 1 goki figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and the other side of the Jordan River Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he had been accustomed to do Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did”
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 10 5 xqzb figs-idiom τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and instead choosing one’s own will. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/5.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 10 6 m6lj figs-nominaladj ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 He made them Here, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, males and females. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 10 6 jz57 figs-quotesinquotes ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 Beginning in the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart” and this verse and the next two verses continue his direct speech to the Pharisees. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase *He made them male and female** Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:9](../mrk/10/09.md). Jesus entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks and his quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks because it is a quote within a quote. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MRK 10 7 lfzd grammar-collectivenouns καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Here, the word **man** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
MRK 10 7 ycp7 figs-explicit καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 The phrase **a man will leave his father and mother** does not mean that a man necessarily has to stop living in his father’s and mother’s home once he gets married. Rather it means (COME BACK) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 8 rd63 καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 and the two will become one flesh In this verse Jesus finishes his quotation of [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md). Jesus began quoting Genesis in the second half of [Mark 10:6](../mrk/10/6.md).
MRK 10 8 p7yc figs-metaphor οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 they are no longer two, but one flesh A husband and wife **no longer** being **two** but instead being **one flesh** is metaphor to illustrate a husband and wife’s close union as a couple. If your readers would not understand what this means you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or clarify this using plain language. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 9 ty4e figs-explicit ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 9 pty4 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Here, although the term **man** is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “should not be separated by any person” or “let people not separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 10 10 l8fu figs-explicit περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 1 asked him about this The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked Jesus about the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery Here, the phrase **she commits adultery** means that a woman who divorces her husband and marries another man commits adultery against her previous husband. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against the first man she married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent καὶ 1 And they were bringing Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 10 13 nmw7 figs-explicit προσέφερον 1 Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not prevent If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 10 15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it”
MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child The point of the comparison **as a little child** is that Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 10 15 q3ck figs-explicit οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 may certainly not enter into it Here, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 having taken them into his arms Alternate translation: “embracing the children in his arms”
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 in order that I might inherit everlasting life Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used metaphorically to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal.” If your readers would not understand what it means to “inherit eternal life” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 17 h45i figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Why are you calling me good? Jesus’ question “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is asks in order to make a point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 10 18 uwt6 τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is asking the man a rhetorical question in order to make a point. The Bible clearly teaches that Jesus is God and Jesus affirms elsewhere that he believes that he is God. Make sure that your translation does not portray Jesus as denying his own moral perfection or divinity here.
MRK 10 18 gyod τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life” a person simply needs to know the right things to do and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God a person must focus on God and put their trust in God’s charachter.
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you are lacking “There is one thing you are missing.” Here, **lacking** is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-metonymy δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 give it to the poor Here the word **it** refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: “give the money to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 10 24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 but again answering, Jesus says to them “but Jesus said to his disciples again”
MRK 10 24 fh1q figs-metaphor τέκνα, πῶς 1 Children, how “My children, how.” Jesus is teaching them as a father would teach his **children**. Alternate translation: “My friends, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 25 f15k figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to emphasize how very difficult it is for **rich** people to get into **the kingdom of God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 10 25 hl4s figs-hypo εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον 1 It is easier for a camel This speaks of an impossible situation. If you cannot state this in this way in your language, it can be written as a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “It would be easier for a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MRK 10 25 t4y8 τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle “the hole of a needle.” This refers to the small hole in the end of a sewing **needle** that thread passes through.
MRK 10 26 ly6b οἱ δὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 But they were greatly astonished “But the disciples were very astonished”
MRK 10 26 q8b7 figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 And who is able to be saved? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “If that is so, then no one will be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 10 27 a7bi figs-ellipsis παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ 1 With men it is impossible, but not with God The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for people to save themselves, but God can save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 10 28 hcv3 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is used here to draw attention to the words that come next.
MRK 10 29 zhx5 figs-litotes οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 1 there is no one who has left The phrase **there is no one who has left** is a litotes. Jesus uses it to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus’ sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 10 30 sjhg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 who may not receive Jesus finishes a sentence that begins with the words **there is no one who has left** (verse 29). You can state the whole sentence positively. “everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 10 30 heb4 ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ 1 in this time “in this life” or “in this present age”
MRK 10 30 jev2 ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ τέκνα 1 brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and children Like the list in verse 29, this describes the family in general. The word “fathers” is missing in verse 30, but it does not significantly change the meaning.
MRK 10 30 ae92 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ διωγμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 with persecutions, and in the age that is coming, everlasting life This can be reworded so that the ideas in the abstract noun **persecutions** are expressed with the verb “persecute.” Because the sentence is so long and complicated, “will receive” can be repeated. Alternate translation: “and even though people persecute them, in the world to come, they will receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 10 30 v8nr ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in the age that is coming “in the future world” or “in the future”
MRK 10 31 ym7t figs-metaphor ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 who are first will be last, and the last first Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “important” as being “first” and of being the “unimportant” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “are important will be unimportant, and those who are unimportant will be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 31 xcj1 figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 the last first The phrase **the last** refers to people who are “last.” Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last, first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 10 31 mo59 figs-ellipsis ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 the last first The understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last will be first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 10 32 zc62 ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 And they were on the road, going up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was going ahead of them “And Jesus and his disciples were walking on the road, on the way up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was in front of his disciples”
MRK 10 32 hq7y οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those who are following behind “those who were following behind them.” Some people were walking behind Jesus and his disciples.
MRK 10 33 pv4w ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MRK 10 33 s1hp figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered Jesus is speaking about himself. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 33 ha2g figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” or “they will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise This refers to rising from the dead. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν 1 we desire … for us … we may ask The words **we** and **us** refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory “when you are glorified.” The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 to drink the cup which I am drinking Here, **cup** refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 38 pd7l figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 to be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized Here, **baptism** and **being baptized** represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “to endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 39 r3pm figs-ellipsis δυνάμεθα 1 We are able They respond this way, meaning that they **are able** to drink the same cup and endure the same baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 10 40 ig8f τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἢ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι 1 But to sit at my right hand or at my left hand is not mine to give “But I am not the one who allows people to sit at my right hand or my left hand”
MRK 10 40 pdc1 ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 but it is for those for whom it has been prepared “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared.” The word **it** refers to the places to his right hand and to his left hand.
MRK 10 40 eu9v figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 it has been prepared You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” or “God has prepared them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 10 42 sfs9 figs-activepassive οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 that those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) the people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “that those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles.” (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “that those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 10 42 hme7 κατακυριεύουσιν 1 lord it over have control or power over
MRK 10 42 zfr3 κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 exercise authority over “flaunt their authority over.” This means that they show or use their authority in an overbearing way.
MRK 10 43 zfz6 figs-explicit οὐχ οὕτως δέ ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But it is not this way among you This refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “But do not be like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 44 e7sn figs-metaphor εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first This is a metaphor for being the most important. Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 10 45 a3fr figs-activepassive καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 For even the Son of Man did not come to be served You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “For even the Son of Man did not come to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 10 46 n4i3 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus and his disciples continue walking toward Jerusalem, Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus, who then walks with them.
MRK 10 46 bq3j translate-names ὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης 1 Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus “a blind beggar named Bartimaeus, the son of Timaeus.” **Bartimaeus** is the name of a man. **Timaeus** is his father’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-ellipsis ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς…ἐστιν 1 having heard that it was Jesus Bartimaeus **heard** people saying **that it was Jesus**. Alternate translation: “when he heard people saying that it was Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David Jesus is called the Son of David because he is a descendant of King David. Alternate translation: “You who are the Messiah descended from King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-quotations εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 said, “Call him.” You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “commanded others to call him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 10 50 z6ec ἀναπηδήσας 1 having sprung up “having jumped up”
MRK 10 51 i5an ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ 1 answering him “answering the blind man”
MRK 10 51 dap1 ἀναβλέψω 1 I might receive my sight “I would be able to see”
MRK 10 52 s5d2 figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 52 ub7w ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 he was following him “he followed Jesus”
MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))
MRK 11 1 ch4j καὶ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, εἰς Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives “And when Jesus and his disciples came near to Jerusalem, they came to Bethphage and Bethany near the Mount of Olives” They had come to **Bethphage and Bethany** in the vicinity of **Jerusalem**.
MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no man has yet sat This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “that no one has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this? It can be written clearly what the word **this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 3 yj5y figs-explicit εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 immediately he sends it back here Jesus will send it back promptly when he is finished using it. Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 4 y381 ἀπῆλθον 1 they went away “the two disciples went away”
MRK 11 4 i2ml πῶλον 1 a colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md).
MRK 11 6 j39z οἱ…εἶπον 1 they spoke “they responded”
MRK 11 6 ij7y καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 just as Jesus told them “just as Jesus had told them to respond.” This refers to how **Jesus** had **told them** to respond to people’s questions about taking the colt.
MRK 11 6 m8pm figs-idiom ἀφῆκαν αὐτούς 1 they gave them permission This means that they allowed them to continue doing what they were doing. Alternate translation: “they let them take the donkey with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 11 7 ice6 ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 throw their cloaks on it, and he sat on it “laid their cloaks on its back so Jesus could ride it.” It is easier to ride a colt or a horse when there is a blanket or something similar on its back. In this case, the disciples threw **their cloaks** on it.
MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν 1 many spread their cloaks on the road It was a tradition to lay garments on **the road** in front of important people to honor them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many people spread their garments on the road to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 8 nx3n figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 and others, branches having been cut from the fields It was a tradition to lay palm **branches** on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: “and others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 9 ye41 οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those following “those who followed Jesus”
MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This word means “save us,” but people also shouted it joyfully when they wanted to praise God. You can translate it according to how it was used, or you can write **Hosanna** using your language’s way of spelling that word. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes This is referring to Jesus. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This is a metonym for the Lord’s authority. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 11 10 a6b4 figs-explicit εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David “Blessed is our father David’s coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus **coming** and ruling as king. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 10 kkfo figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The word **blessed** can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David’s descendant who will rule is referred to as **David** himself. Alternate translation: “of the greatest descendant of our father David” or “that David’s greatest descendant will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest This could mean: (1) they should praise God who is in heaven. (2) those who are in heaven should shout ‘Hosanna’.
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest Here heaven is spoken of as **the highest**. Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 11 11 mz8r ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας 1 the hour already being late “because it was already late in the day”
MRK 11 11 t5nv ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he went out to Bethany with the Twelve “he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany”
MRK 11 12 zr8n ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 when they had returned from Bethany “while they were going back to Jerusalem from Bethany”
MRK 11 13 yg5n εἰ ἄρα τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ 1 if perhaps he could find anything on it “looking to see if there was any fruit on it”
MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 11 13 vy09 figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves This means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: “he did not find any figs at all on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MRK 11 14 b362 εἶπεν αὐτῇ 1 he said to it “he spoke to the tree”
MRK 11 15 hj7z ἔρχονται 1 coming “Jesus and his disciples came”
MRK 11 15 md5l figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 he began to cast out those selling and those buying in the temple Jesus is forcing these people out of **the temple**. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “he began to drive the sellers and buyers out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 those selling and those buying “the people who were buying and selling”
MRK 11 17 ve56 0 General Information: God had said earlier in his word, through the prophet Isaiah, that his temple would be a house of prayer for all the nations.
MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? Jesus is rebuking the Jewish leaders for their misuse of the temple. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is written in the scriptures that God said, ‘I want my house to be called a house where people from all nations may pray.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers Jesus compares the people to **robbers** and the temple to a robbers’ **den**. Alternate translation: “But you are like robbers who have made my house into a robbers’ den” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 11 20 b56h παραπορευόμενοι 1 passing by “walking along the road”
MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree had been withered from its roots Translate this statement to clarify that the **tree** died. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered away down to its roots and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 20 a83v ἐξηραμμένην 1 had been withered “had dried up”
MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-explicit ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος 1 having remembered, Peter It may be helpful to state what **Peter** **remembered**. Alternate translation: “Peter, remembering what Jesus had said to the fig tree,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 22 ry5v ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 answering, Jesus says to them “Jesus replied to his disciples”
MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 may not doubt in his heart, but may believe Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his heart” or “if he does not doubt but believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be for him “God will make it happen”
MRK 11 24 pn9x grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Because of this, I say to you “So I tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours It is understood that this will happen because God will provide what you ask for. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 25 m7xi ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 when you stand praying It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Alternate translation: “when you pray”
MRK 11 25 f6ex εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 if you have something against anyone “whatever grudge you have against anyone.” Here the word **something** refers to any grudge you hold **against** someone for sinning against you or any anger you have against someone.
MRK 11 27 n3ei 0 Connecting Statement: The next day when Jesus returns to temple, he gives the chief priests, scribes, and elders an answer to their question about his casting the money changers out of the temple area, by asking them another question, which they were not willing to answer.
MRK 11 27 s2ac ἔρχονται…εἰς 1 they come to “Jesus and his disciples came to”
MRK 11 27 alh5 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 as he is walking around in the temple This means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple courtyard; he was not walking into the temple.
MRK 11 28 r3ik ἔλεγον αὐτῷ 1 they were saying to him The word **they** refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders.
MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς? 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them? This could mean: (1) both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) these are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 11 28 p5u3 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things The words **these things** refer to Jesus turning over the sellers’ tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: “things like those you did here yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “If we say, ‘It was from heaven,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 11 31 t9er οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 did you not believe him The word **him** refers to John the Baptist.
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’ This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘It was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: “But we do not want to say that it was from men or the crowd may attack us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understood what would happen if they said John’s baptism was not from God. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 They were afraid of the crowd The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men. You can state this clearly. “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 12 1 qa93 καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables The word **them** here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
MRK 12 1 qap8 περιέθηκεν φραγμὸν 1 put a hedge around it He put a barrier around the vineyard. It could have been a row of shrubs, a fence, or a stone wall.
MRK 12 1 ns9e figs-explicit ὤρυξεν ὑπολήνιον 1 dug a pit for a winepress This means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: “carved a pit into rock for the winepress” or “he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 1 l2i2 ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 at the season This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when the time came to harvest the grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 3 vz7k καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὸν 1 But having seized him “But after the vine growers grabbed the slave”
MRK 12 3 c321 figs-explicit κενόν 1 with nothing This means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “without any grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 4 f3f4 ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 he sent to them “the owner of the vineyard sent to the vine growers”
MRK 12 4 w1ge figs-explicit κἀκεῖνον ἐκεφαλίωσαν 1 and that one, they wounded in the head This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “and they beat that one on the head, and they hurt him terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 5 l1yw figs-ellipsis ἄλλον…κἀκεῖνον ἀπέκτειναν; καὶ πολλοὺς ἄλλους 1 another, and that one they killed, and many others These phrases refer to other slaves. Alternate translation: “yet another slave, and they killed him, and many other slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-explicit υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved son It is implied that this is the owner’s **son**. Alternate translation: “his beloved son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ὁ κληρονόμος 1 the heir This is the owner’s **heir**, who would inherit the vineyard after his father died. Alternate translation: “the owner’s heir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-synecdoche ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance The tenants are referring to the vineyard as **the inheritance**. Alternate translation: “this vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 12 8 gx6l λαβόντες 1 having seized him “after the vine growers seized the son”
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 9 rde6 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 Therefore Jesus has finished telling the parable and is now asking the people what they think will happen next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word **others** refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other vine growers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: 1 And have you not read this scripture? Jesus reminds the people of a **scripture** passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture.” or “And you should remember this scripture.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 10 jpa3 ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the head of the corner You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord made into the cornerstone”
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here, **in our eyes** stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people’s opinion. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 12 b1vz ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as “the Jewish leaders.”
MRK 12 12 sl74 ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking “they wanted”
MRK 12 12 lx62 figs-explicit καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd They were afraid of what **the crowd** would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 13 s1hb 0 Connecting Statement: In an effort to trap Jesus, some of the Pharisees and Herodians, and then the Sadducees, come to Jesus with questions.
MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here the author describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 14 dh3d λέγουσιν 1 they say Here, **they** refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The negation can modify the verb. Alternate translation: “you do not care about people’s opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone This is an idiom that means that Jesus does not show favoritism. Alternate translation: “you are not concerned with earning people’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 12 15 g48w figs-explicit ὁ…εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν 1 he, knowing their hypocrisy They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, knowing that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Why do you test me? Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This coin was worth a day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 And they brought one “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius”
MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 is this likeness and inscription “is this picture and name”
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος 2 they said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here, **Caesar’s** refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “they said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing **Caesar** to Roman government. Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 17 pw4r figs-explicit ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 they were marveling at him They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they marveled at him and at what he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “who say there is no resurrection from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die The Sadducees are quoting what **Moses** had written in the law. Moses’ quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote for us that if a man’s brother dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 12 19 m8fh ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote to us “wrote to us Jews.” The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word **us** to refer to themselves and all Jews.
MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take the wife “the man should marry his brother’s wife”
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 should raise up offspring to his brother “have a son for his brother.” The man’s first son would be considered to be the dead brother’s son, and the son’s descendants would be considered to be the dead brother’s descendants. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “should have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother’s son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν 1 There were seven brothers The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MRK 12 21 d61g figs-ellipsis ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος 1 the second … the third These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 the third likewise It may be helpful to explain what **likewise** means. Alternate translation: “the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 the seven This refers to all the brothers. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 22 l3dg figs-explicit οἱ ἑπτὰ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν σπέρμα 1 the seven did not leave offspring Each of the brothers married the woman and then died before he had any children with her. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “eventually all seven brothers married that woman one by one, but none of them had any children with her, and one by one they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 23 w4wu figs-rquestion ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή 1 In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife? The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God? Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God’s law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken because you do not know the scriptures nor the power of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 24 li2y μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 not knowing the scriptures This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament **scriptures**.
MRK 12 25 nvh6 ὅταν γὰρ…ἀναστῶσιν 1 For when they may rise Here the word **they** refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-metaphor ἀναστῶσιν 1 they may rise Waking and getting up from sleep is a metaphor for becoming alive after having been dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 25 vh7r ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
MRK 12 25 h7ii figs-activepassive γαμίζονται 1 are given in marriage You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and no one gives them in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 12 26 z36n figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 that are raised This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “who rise” or “who rise to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush This refers to the part of the Book of Moses that tells about when God spoke to Moses out of a **bush** that was burning but that did not burn up. Alternate translation: “the passage about the burning bush” or “the words about the fiery bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 26 re82 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob This means that **Abraham**, **Isaac**, and **Jacob** worship **God**. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 the God of the dead, but of the living Here, **the dead** refers to people who are dead, and **the living** refers to people who are alive. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 27 v7ui figs-ellipsis Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 the God of the dead, but of the living You can state **the God** clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 27 l22e ζώντων 1 of the living This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite being led astray It may be helpful to state what they are lead astray about. Alternate translation: “When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 27 sp7x πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite being led astray “You are completely mistaken” or “You are very wrong”
MRK 12 28 q1u5 ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 he asked him “the scribe asked Jesus”
MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj πρώτη ἐστίν 1 The first is Here, **The first** refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: “The most important commandment is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one “Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord”
MRK 12 30 xjng figs-doublet ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength These four phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου 1 from your whole heart, and from your whole soul Here, **heart** and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You will love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: “You must love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς ἐστιν 1 he is one This means that there is only **one** God. Alternate translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The word “God” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “that there is no other God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-doublet ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 12 33 k42a figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας 1 from your whole heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love your neighbor as yourself This simile compares how people are **to love** each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is even more pleasing to God than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 12 34 b144 figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 12 34 is4c figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-litotes οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα 1 no one any longer was daring You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said Some time has passed and Jesus is now in the temple. This is not part of the previous conversation. Alternate translation: “And later, while Jesus was teaching in the temple area, he said to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? 1 How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? Jesus uses this question to get the people to think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Consider why the scribes say the Christ is the son of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself This word **himself** refers to **David** and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: “It was David who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
MRK 12 36 ejy2 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit This means that he was inspired by **the Holy Spirit**. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit εἶπεν…εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God **The Lord** and calls the Christ **my Lord**. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “said about the Christ, ‘The Lord God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 12 36 mml8 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I may place your enemies under your feet In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as placing them under his feet. Alternate translation: “until I completely defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 and how is he his son? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “so consider how the Christ can be a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 12 38 z649 figs-abstractnouns ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 greetings in the marketplaces The noun **greetings** can be expressed with the verb “greet.” Alternate translation: “for people to greet them in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 12 38 k31m figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 greetings in the marketplaces These greetings showed that the people respected the scribes. Alternate translation: “to be greeted respectfully in the marketplaces” or “for people to greet them respectfully in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of the widows Here Jesus describes the scribes’ cheating of **widows** and stealing of their **houses** as “devouring” their houses. Alternate translation: “They also cheat widows in order to steal their houses from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 12 40 j27b figs-synecdoche τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 the houses of the widows The words **widows** and **houses** are synecdoches for helpless people and all of a person’s important possessions, respectively. Alternate translation: “everything from helpless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-activepassive οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish them with greater condemnation” or “God will certainly punish them severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The word **greater** implies a comparison. Here the comparison is to other men who are punished. Alternate translation: “will receive greater condemnation than other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 12 41 p2kp τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου 1 the temple offering box This **box**, which everyone could use, was the place into which people gave offerings to the **temple**.
MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two mites “two small copper coins.” These were the least valuable coins available. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MRK 12 42 n29e ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 are a quadrans “are worth very little.” A **quadrans** is worth very little. Translate **quadrans** with the name of the smallest coin in your language if you have one that is worth very little.
MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 13 intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
MRK 13 1 rrv1 0 General Information: As they leave the temple area, Jesus tells his disciples what will happen in the future to the wonderful temple that Herod the Great has built.
MRK 13 1 ql81 figs-explicit ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί 1 What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings The **stones** refer to the stones that the **buildings** were built with. Alternate translation: “What wonderful buildings and the wonderful stones that they are made of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον 1 Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here This question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings! Not one stone will be left stacked on top of another” or “You see these great buildings now, but not a single stone will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 13 2 zu46 figs-explicit οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 2 xdhj figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Not one stone will remain on top of another, for enemy soldiers will come and destroy these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 3 e913 0 Connecting Statement: In answer to the disciples’ questions about the temple’s destruction and what was going to happen, Jesus tells them what was going to take place in the future.
MRK 13 3 izt8 figs-explicit καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ…Πέτρος 1 And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to **the Mount of Olives**. Alternate translation: “And after arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself when they were alone
MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when will these things happen to the buildings of the temple, and what will be the sign that these things are about to happen to the temple buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to say to them “to say to his disciples”
MRK 13 5 u79c figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 may lead you astray Here, **lead you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name This could mean: (1) they would be claiming his authority. (2) they would be claiming that God had sent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars “you may hear of wars and reports about wars.” This could mean: (1) they would hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away. (2) they would hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start.
MRK 13 7 d1k9 ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet “but it is not yet the end” or “but the end will not happen until later” or “but the end will be later”
MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you”
MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils”
MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 9 y6p6 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them This means the disciples will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and will testify to them about me” or “and you will tell them about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother.
MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 brother … brother These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 12 d0t9 figs-idiom πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents This means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 12 si65 figs-activepassive θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death This means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 15 m1hq ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 on the housetop Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat, and people could stand on them.
MRK 13 16 y1e9 figs-ellipsis ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind This refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the one who is in the field should not return to his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 17 bi8n figs-euphemism ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 to those having in the womb This is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 13 18 w47v προσεύχεσθε…ἵνα 1 pray that “pray that these times” or “pray that these things”
MRK 13 18 w91r χειμῶνος 1 in winter “in the cold season” or “in the cold, rainy season.” This refers to the time of year when it is cold and unpleasant and difficult to travel.
MRK 13 19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη 1 such as these have not happened “there has never been a worse time.” This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
MRK 13 19 c5sz οὐ μὴ γένηται 1 may certainly not happen “there will never be days like these again” or “after that tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it”
MRK 13 20 y7g6 figs-explicit μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…τὰς ἡμέρας 1 did not cut short the days “did not shorten the time.” It may be helpful to specify which **days** are referred to. Alternate translation: “had not reduced the days of suffering” or “had not shortened the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved The word **flesh** refers to people, and **saved** refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “everyone would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 13 20 er43 figs-doublet τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο 1 the elect whom he chose The phrase **whom he chose** means the same thing as **the elect**. Together, they emphasize that God chose these people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 13 21 d9gr translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in 22 he tells the reason for the command. This can be reordered with the reason first, and the command second, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
MRK 13 22 yw81 πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν 1 to deceive “in order to deceive” or “hoping to deceive” or “trying to deceive”
MRK 13 22 j198 figs-ellipsis πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 to deceive, if possible, even the elect The phrase **even the elect** implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: “in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 23 jq8p ὑμεῖς δὲ βλέπετε 1 But you, watch out “Be watchful” or “Be alert”
MRK 13 23 va6h figs-explicit προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 I have told you everything beforehand Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MRK 13 25 z1sh figs-explicit οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες 1 the stars will be falling from the sky This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: “the stars will fall from their places in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the powers in the heavens will shake” or “God will shake the powers that are in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 25 hge7 αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 the powers that are in the heavens “the powerful things in the heavens.” This could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, and stars. (2) powerful spiritual beings.
MRK 13 27 a1z2 figs-metonymy ἐπισυνάξει 1 he will gather together The word **he** refers to God and is a metonym for his angels, as they are the ones who **will gather** the elect. Alternate translation: “they will gather” or “his angels will gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 13 27 vpb6 figs-metaphor τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 the four winds The whole earth is spoken of as **the four winds**, which refer to the four directions: north, south, east, and west. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” or “all parts of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 27 u1vp figs-merism ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ 1 from the end of the earth to the end of the sky These two extremes are given to emphasize that the elect will be gathered from the entire earth. Alternate translation: “from every place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MRK 13 28 c99s figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus gives two short parables here to remind people to be aware when the things that he has been explaining happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 13 28 q6yc figs-personification ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 may put out its leaves Here the fig tree is spoken of as if it were alive and able to willingly cause its **leaves** to grow. Alternate translation: “its leaves begin to sprout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MRK 13 29 q53b figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the days of tribulation. Alternate translation: “these things I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 29 aul8 ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near “the Son of Man is near”
MRK 13 29 z2pf figs-idiom ἐπὶ θύραις 1 at the doors This idiom means that he is very near and has almost arrived, referring to a traveler being close to arriving at the city gates. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 13 30 tg35 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 will certainly not pass away This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: “will not die” or “will not end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 13 30 t66q μέχρις οὗ ταῦτα πάντα 1 until all these things The phrase **these things** refers to the days of tribulation.
MRK 13 31 k4zb figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Heaven and earth The two extremes are given to refer to all of the sky, including the sun, moon, stars, and planets, and all of the earth. Alternate translation: “The sky, the earth, and everything in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MRK 13 31 bjr8 παρελεύσονται 1 will pass away “will cease to exist.” Here this phrase refers to the world ending.
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metaphor οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will certainly not pass away Jesus speaks of **words** not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: “my words will never lose their power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 13 32 km5z figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 that day or that hour This refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: “that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return” or “the day or the hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 32 btq5 figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς οἶδεν; οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, except the Father These words specify some of those who do not know when the Son of Man will return, different from **the Father**, who does know. Alternate translation: “no one knows—neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know—but the Father” or “neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know; no one knows but the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 32 gwh2 figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 except the Father It is best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language naturally uses to refer to a human father. Also, this is an ellipsis, stating that the Father knows when the Son will return. Alternate translation: “but only the Father knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 13 33 i43k figs-explicit πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν 1 what time it is You can state this clearly what **time** refers to here. Alternate translation: “when all these events will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 36 mh8t figs-metaphor εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας 1 he might find you sleeping Here Jesus speaks of not being ready as **sleeping**. Alternate translation: “find you not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 14 intro uk36 0 # Mark 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 14 2 fk19 figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Not during the festival This refers to them not arresting Jesus during the Passover **festival**. Alternate translation: “We must not do it during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 14 3 m95w 0 Connecting Statement: Though some were angry that the oil was used to anoint Jesus, Jesus says that the woman has anointed his body for burial before he will die.
MRK 14 3 bf84 translate-names Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 of Simon the leper This man previously had leprosy but was no longer ill. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 14 3 sh4s κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 as he is reclining at table In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they reclined on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
MRK 14 3 hk2p translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 an alabaster jar This is a **jar** made from **alabaster**. Alabaster was a very expensive yellow-white stone. Alternate translation: “beautiful white stone jar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 3 fqa9 translate-unknown μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 of very costly anointing-oil of pure nard “that contained expensive, fragrant perfume called nard.” Nard was a very expensive, sweet-smelling oil used to make perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 14 3 tk9r αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 his head “Jesus’ head”
MRK 14 4 v57p figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν? 1 For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened? They asked this question to show that they disapproved of the woman pouring the perfume on Jesus. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is terrible that she wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 this perfume was able to be sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 5 h62k figs-nominaladj δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor The phrase **the poor** refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 14 5 k83q figs-ellipsis δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor This refers to giving the money from the sale of the perfume to the poor. Alternate translation: “the money given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 14 6 r9wt figs-rquestion τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε? 1 Why are you troubling her? Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this woman’s action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 7 tc3j figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 14 9 vr3w ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 14 9 ysc5 figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 wherever the gospel may be preached You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 9 ljh1 figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται 1 what she has done will also be spoken of You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will speak about what this woman has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 10 z71f figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 so that he might betray him to them Judas did not deliver Jesus to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 10 dq6r αὐτὸν παραδοῖ 1 he might betray him “he would bring Jesus to them so they could capture him”
MRK 14 11 kzk1 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 But when they heard it It may be helpful to state clearly what the chief priests heard. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests heard what he was willing to do for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 12 wpe7 figs-explicit ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον 1 when they were sacrificing the Passover lamb At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: “when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 12 bel5 figs-metonymy φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα 1 you may eat the Passover Here the **Passover** refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: “Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 14 15 x3zk figs-explicit ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν 1 make the preparations for us there They were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “prepare the meal for us there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 16 sb35 ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples left “the two disciples left”
MRK 14 16 m339 καθὼς εἶπεν 1 just as he said “just as Jesus had said”
MRK 14 17 n7z4 0 Connecting Statement: That evening as Jesus and the disciples eat the Passover meal, Jesus tells them that one of them will betray him.
MRK 14 17 i1q1 figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he came with the Twelve It may be helpful to state where they came to. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 18 cwl8 ἀνακειμένων αὐτῶν 1 as they were reclining at table In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
MRK 14 18 dg95 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 14 19 f13p figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ? 1 Surely not I? This could be: (1) a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no. (2) a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 20 b25j εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 It is one of the Twelve “He is one of the twelve of you”
MRK 14 20 htn4 ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον 1 who is dipping with me into the bowl In Jesus’ culture, people would often eat bread, **dipping** it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs.
MRK 14 21 q5l3 ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him Here Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say”
MRK 14 21 ct78 figs-explicit δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 through whom the Son of Man is being betrayed You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 22 y8j7 ἄρτον 1 bread This was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread**, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal.
MRK 14 22 ula2 figs-explicit ἔκλασεν 1 he broke it This means that he **broke** the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 22 adb2 writing-symlanguage λάβετε, τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Take this. This is my body “Take this bread. It is my body.” Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus’ **body** and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 having taken a cup Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 14 24 q5hn figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many The **covenant** is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 24 hs24 writing-symlanguage τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 This is my blood “This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ **blood** and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
MRK 14 25 i9yk ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 14 27 lty4 figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 will fall away This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 27 w2az figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 the sheep will be scattered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will scatter the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 28 lv2u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny him. Peter and all of the disciples are certain they will not deny Jesus.
MRK 14 28 dm1q figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up This idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. Alternate translation: “I am made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 28 qi4g figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 29 div5 figs-ellipsis εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ 1 Even if all will fall away, yet not I In the phrase **yet not I**, the words “fall away” are implied Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will not leave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 14 29 q9dq figs-doublenegatives εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ 1 Even if all will fall away, yet not I The implied phrase “yet I will not fall away” is a double negative and carries a positive meaning. This can be expressed in the positive if needed. Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will stay with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MRK 14 30 z2q9 ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
MRK 14 30 i4g3 ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 the rooster crows The **rooster** is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
MRK 14 31 y9el ἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν 1 Even if it is necessary for me to die with “Even if I must die with”
MRK 14 31 z9le ὡσαύτως…καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον 1 they all also were speaking in the same manner This means that all of the disciples said the same thing that Peter said.
MRK 14 32 ni66 0 Connecting Statement: When they go to Gethsemane on the Mount of Olives, Jesus encourages three of his disciples to stay awake while he prays. Twice he awakens them, and the third time he tells them to wake up because it is time for the betrayal.
MRK 14 33 n279 figs-metaphor ἀδημονεῖν 1 deeply troubled The word **deeply** refers to Jesus being greatly troubled in his soul. Alternate translation: “extremely troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 14 34 eyw3 figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is Jesus speaks of himself as his **soul**. Alternate translation: “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 14 34 ic1g figs-hyperbole ἕως θανάτου 1 even to the point of death Jesus is exaggerating because he feels so much distress and sorrow that he feels like he is about to die, though he knows he will not die until after the sun rises. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MRK 14 34 a54k γρηγορεῖτε 1 stay alert The disciples were to **stay alert** while Jesus prayed. This does not mean that they were supposed to watch Jesus pray.
MRK 14 35 nk8l figs-explicit εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν 1 if it is possible This means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: “if God would allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-explicit παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Here, **the hour** refers to Jesus’ time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: “that he would not have to go through this time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 36 c11w translate-transliterate Ἀββά 1 Abba a term used by Jewish children to address their father. Since it is followed by “Father,” it is best to transliterate this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 14 36 t9r2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metonymy παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a **cup**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 36 ha77 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ 1 But not what I will, but what you will Jesus is asking God to do what he wants to be done and not what Jesus wants. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 14 37 ja6d εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 finds them sleeping The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι? 1 Simon, are you asleep? Were you not able to stay alert for one hour? Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: “so that you may not be tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 14 38 xk5y τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Jesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: “You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do” or “You want to do what I say, but you are weak”
MRK 14 38 c1je figs-metonymy τὸ…πνεῦμα…ἡ…σὰρξ 1 The spirit … the flesh These refer to two different aspects of Peter. Here, the **spirit** is his inmost desires and the **flesh** is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 39 l9nj τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών 1 having said the same thing “having prayed again what he prayed before”
MRK 14 40 v49m εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 he found them sleeping The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
MRK 14 40 ht2p figs-metaphor ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 for their eyes were weighed down Here the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having **eyes** that are **weighed down**. Alternate translation: “for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 14 41 x7qd figs-explicit ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον 1 he comes the third time Jesus had gone and prayed again. Then he returned to them a **third time**. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “he went and prayed again. He returned the third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 41 lw7w figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε. 1 Are you still sleeping and resting? Jesus rebukes his disciples for not staying awake and praying. You can translate this rhetorical question as a statement if needed. Alternate translation: “You are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 41 eg9m figs-activepassive παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man is being betrayed Jesus warns his disciples that his betrayer is approaching them. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 14 43 r9cp writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 14 44 bzj2 δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 And his betrayer This refers to Judas.
MRK 14 44 lsh3 figs-explicit αὐτός ἐστιν 1 he it is This refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 45 tpd4 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him “Judas kissed him”
MRK 14 46 y5qv figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on him and seized him These two phrases have the same meaning to emphasize that they seized Jesus. Alternate translation: “grabbed Jesus and seized him” or “seized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MRK 14 47 m6b9 τῶν παρεστηκότων 1 of those standing by “of the people who were standing nearby”
MRK 14 48 gv6e ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 answering, Jesus said to them “Jesus said to the crowd”
MRK 14 48 eq25 figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Did you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to seize me? Jesus is rebuking the crowd. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 49 s63a ἀλλ’ ἵνα 1 But so that “But this has happened so that”
MRK 14 50 gqz8 ἔφυγον πάντες 1 they all ran away This refers to the disciples.
MRK 14 51 y5yt σινδόνα 1 a linen garment a cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant
MRK 14 51 nag4 κρατοῦσιν αὐτόν 1 they seize him “the men seized that man”
MRK 14 52 eud7 ὁ δὲ καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα 1 but he, having left behind the linen garment As the man was trying to run away, the others would have grabbed at his clothing, trying to stop him.
MRK 14 53 qu33 0 Connecting Statement: After the crowd of the chief priests, scribes, and elders lead Jesus to the high priest, Peter watches nearby while some stand to give false testimony against Jesus.
MRK 14 53 s7t1 συνέρχονται πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 all the chief priests, and the elders, and the scribes gather together This can be reordered so that it is easier to understand. “all of the chief priests, the elders, and the scribes had gathered there together”
MRK 14 54 l5gl figs-explicit ἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 as far as into the courtyard of the high priest As Peter followed Jesus, he stopped at the high priest’s courtyard. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “and he all the way to the courtyard of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 54 x2g5 figs-explicit ἦν συνκαθήμενος μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν 1 he was sitting with the guards Peter sat with the guards who were working at the courtyard. Alternate translation: “he sat in the courtyard among the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 55 fu1l figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 to put him to death They were not the ones who would execute Jesus; rather, they would order someone else to do it. Alternate translation: “so they might have someone execute Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 55 d9gn figs-explicit οὐχ ηὕρισκον 1 they were not finding any They did not find testimony against Jesus with which they could convict him and have him put to death. Alternate translation: “they did not find any testimony with which to convict him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 56 jpc7 ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 their testimony was not the same This can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other”
MRK 14 58 f82e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 We heard him saying “We heard Jesus say.” The word **We** refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον…ἀχειροποίητον 1 made with hands … made without hands Here, **hands** refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without man’s help” or “built by men … built without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MRK 14 58 hm5e figs-ellipsis ἄλλον…οἰκοδομήσω 1 I will build another The word “temple” is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: “I will build another temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 14 59 x6hk οὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ μαρτυρία αὐτῶν 1 not even in this manner was their testimony the same “even then what they testified contradicted each other.” This can be written in positive form.
MRK 14 60 d7i8 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus answers that he is the Christ, the high priest and all of the leaders there condemn him as one who deserves to die.
MRK 14 60 q2u1 figs-explicit ἀναστὰς…εἰς μέσον 1 having stood up in their midst Jesus stands up in the middle of the angry crowd to speak to them. Translate this to show who was present when Jesus stood in their midst. Alternate translation: “stood up among the chief priests, scribes, and elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 60 af5e figs-explicit οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Do you not answer at all? What are these testifying against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 61 x6ey figs-nominaladj τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 of the Blessed One Here God is called **the Blessed One**. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MRK 14 61 o27t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 the Son of the Blessed One It is best to translate **Son** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a “son” of a human father. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed One” or “the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 14 62 z5rv ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This likely has a double meaning: (1) Jesus said this to respond to the high priest’s question. (2) Jesus also said this to call himself “I Am,” which is what God called himself in the Old Testament.
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of power Here, **power** is a metonym that represents God. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 14 62 d5qm translate-symaction ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of power To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 14 62 z55c figs-metaphor ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming with the clouds of heaven Here the **clouds** are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: “when he comes down through the clouds in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 14 63 jz48 διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ 1 having torn his garments The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus had said. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage”
MRK 14 63 afd3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 What need do we still have of witnesses? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 14 64 zwf9 figs-explicit ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας 1 You heard the blasphemy This refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 64 fu4g οἱ…πάντες 1 they all all the people in the room
MRK 14 65 y1s4 ἤρξαντό τινες 1 certain ones began some of the people in the room started
MRK 14 65 bj5e figs-explicit περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to cover his face They covered his face with a cloth or blindfold, so he could not see. Alternate translation: “to cover his face with a blindfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 65 gvq3 figs-explicit προφήτευσον 1 Prophesy They mocked him, asking him to tell them who was hitting him. Alternate translation: “Prophesy who hit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 65 y68i οἱ ὑπηρέται 1 the officers the men who guarded the governor’s house
MRK 14 66 t2mx figs-explicit μία τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 one of the servant girls of the high priest The **servant girls** worked for the **high priest**. Alternate translation: “one of the servant girls who worked for the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 68 l5i1 ἠρνήσατο 1 denied it This means to claim that something is not true. In this case, Peter was saying that what the servant girl said about him was not true.
MRK 14 68 d3ch figs-doublet οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις 1 Neither have I known nor do I understand what you are saying Both **have I known** and **I understand** have the same meaning here. The meaning is repeated to add emphasis to what Peter is saying. Alternate translation: “I really do not understand what you are talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 14 69 v5kr figs-explicit οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν 1 This one is from among them The people were identifying Peter as one of Jesus’ disciples. This can be made more clear. Alternate translation: “This one is one of Jesus’ disciples” or “This is one of those who have been with that man they arrested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 14 71 ce6r figs-idiom ἀναθεματίζειν 1 to curse If in your language you have to name the person who curses someone, state God. Alternate translation: “to say for God to curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 14 72 i7u2 εὐθὺς…ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately a rooster crowed A **rooster** is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
MRK 14 72 ja3e translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time Here, **second** is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 14 72 zr4p figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν 1 having broken down This idiom means that he was overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “he was overwhelmed with grief” or “he lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Both by pretending to worship Jesus ([Mark 15:19](../mrk/15/19.md)) and by pretending to speak to a king ([Mark 15:18](../mrk/15/18.md)), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br><br>This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 15 1 mps2 0 Connecting Statement: When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him.
MRK 15 1 xz7c figs-metonymy δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν 1 having bound Jesus, led him away They commanded for Jesus to be **bound**, but it would have been the guards who actually bound him and **led him away**. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then they led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 15 1 v2yf παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 handed him over to Pilate They had Jesus led to Pilate and transferred control of Jesus over to him.
MRK 15 2 dh6n figs-explicit σὺ λέγεις 1 You say so This could mean: (1) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (2) Jesus was implying that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 3 ue18 κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά 1 were accusing him of many things “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things”
MRK 15 6 ul5e 0 Connecting Statement: Pilate, hoping the crowd will choose Jesus, offers to release a prisoner, but the crowd asks for Barabbas instead.
MRK 15 6 ul19 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line as the author shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts and about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 7 fa7t ἦν δὲ ὁ λεγόμενος Βαραββᾶς, μετὰ τῶν στασιαστῶν δεδεμένος 1 And there was, bound with the rebels, one who was called Barabbas “At that time there was a man called Barabbas, who was in prison with some other men”
MRK 15 8 a4xb figs-explicit αἰτεῖσθαι καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς 1 to request of him just as he usually did for them This refers to Pilate releasing a prisoner at feasts. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “to ask him to release a prisoner to them as he had done in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 10 i4ib writing-background ἐγίνωσκεν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 For he knew that the chief priests had handed him over because of envy This is background information about why Jesus was **handed over** to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 10 u647 figs-explicit διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 the chief priests had handed him over because of envy They **chief priests** envied Jesus, probably because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. Alternate translation: “the chief priests were envious of Jesus. This is why they handed him over” or “the chief priests were envious of Jesus’ popularity among the people. This is why they handed him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 11 y5w3 figs-metaphor ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the crowd The author speaks of the chief priests rousing or urging **the crowd** as if the crowd were a bowl of something that they were stirring. Alternate translation: “roused the crowd” or “urged the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 15 11 pvu6 figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον τὸν Βαραββᾶν ἀπολύσῃ αὐτοῖς 1 he would release Barabbas to them instead They requested Pilate to **release Barabbas** **instead** of Jesus. Alternate translation: “he would release Barabbas instead of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 15 12 keq2 0 Connecting Statement: The crowd asks for Jesus’ death, so Pilate turns him over to the soldiers, who mock him, crown him with thorns, strike him, and lead him out to crucify him.
MRK 15 12 vlm3 figs-explicit τί οὖν ποιήσω λέγετε τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων? 1 What therefore should I do to the one you call the King of the Jews? Pilate asks what he should do with Jesus if he releases Barabbas to them. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “If I release Barabbas, what then should I do with the King of the Jews?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 14 e55i ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 But Pilate was saying to them “But Pilate said to the crowd”
MRK 15 15 qt8y τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι 1 to do what was pleasing to the crowd “to make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do”
MRK 15 15 fwg6 τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 Jesus, having flogged him Pilate did not actually scourge **Jesus**, but rather his soldiers did.
MRK 15 15 yzn5 φραγελλώσας 1 having flogged him “having whipped him.” To **flog** is to beat with an especially painful whip.
MRK 15 15 r9id figs-activepassive παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 handed over Jesus, having flogged him, so that he might be crucified Pilate told his soldiers to take **Jesus** away to crucify him. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 16 eg6x τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον 1 the palace (that is, the Praetorium) This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the courtyard of the soldiers’ barracks” or “the courtyard of the governor’s residence”
MRK 15 16 b5gs ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole cohort of soldiers “the whole unit of soldiers”
MRK 15 17 tn33 ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν 1 They put a purple robe on him Purple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews.
MRK 15 17 xfk8 ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 a crown of thorns “a crown made of thorny branches”
MRK 15 18 ft1j figs-irony Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet the Roman emperor. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was the king of the Jews. Rather they said this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 15 19 gz3b καλάμῳ 1 a reed “a stick” or “a staff”
MRK 15 19 a8a9 figs-metaphor τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα 1 They knelt down A person who kneels bends his knees, so those who kneel are sometimes said to “bend their knees.” Alternate translation: “kneeled” or “knelt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 15 21 cj4l ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 they forced him to carry his cross According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
MRK 15 21 cyn6 writing-background ἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου 1 they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene (the father of Alexander and Rufus), coming from the country This is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 21 rtz2 translate-names Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου 1 Simon … Alexander … Rufus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 22 e49p translate-names Κρανίου Τόπος 1 Place of a Skull “Skull Place” or “Place of the Skull.” This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 22 m1dd Κρανίου 1 of a Skull A **Skull** is the head bones, or a head without any flesh on it.
MRK 15 23 e9xd figs-explicit ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον 1 wine having been mixed with myrrh It may be helpful to explain that **myrrh** is a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 25 q1ze translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη 1 the third hour Here, **third** here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o’clock in the morning. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 15 26 b84a τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη 1 of the charge having been written against him “of the crime they were accusing him of doing”
MRK 15 27 mgf3 figs-explicit ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ 1 one on his right, and one on his left This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 29 v8nu translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads This is an action people do to show that they disapproved of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MRK 15 29 a7ft figs-exclamations οὐὰ 1 Aha! This is a exclamation of mockery. Use the appropriate exclamation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MRK 15 29 hy37 figs-explicit ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 The one destroying the temple and rebuilding it in three days The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 31 d5se ἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους 1 mocking him to each other “were saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves”
MRK 15 32 t1vm figs-irony ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω 1 Let the Christ, the King of Israel, come down The leaders did not believe that Jesus is **the Christ, the King of Israel**. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the Christ and the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he is really the Christ and the King of Israel, he should come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MRK 15 32 r6c4 figs-explicit πιστεύσωμεν 1 might believe The means to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 32 dcb9 ὠνείδιζον 1 were taunting mocking, insulting
MRK 15 33 zc37 0 Connecting Statement: At noon darkness covers the whole land until three o’clock, when Jesus cries out with a loud voice and dies. When Jesus dies, the temple curtain rips from the top to the bottom.
MRK 15 33 jl1i figs-metaphor σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land Here the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the **darkness** were a wave that moved over the **land**. Alternate translation: “the whole land became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 15 34 r6tj τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 at the ninth hour This refers to three o’clock in the afternoon. Alternate translation: “at three o’clock in the afternoon” or “in the middle of the afternoon”
MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani These are Aramaic words that should be copied as is into your language with similar sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying You can state this clearly that they misunderstood what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “When some of those standing there heard his words, they misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 36 un73 καλάμῳ 1 a reed “a stick.” This was a staff made from a reed.
MRK 15 36 yb55 figs-explicit ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 was giving it to him to drink “was giving it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 looking on from a distance “watching from far away”
MRK 15 40 zc9b ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) This can be written without the parentheses. Alternate translation: “who was the mother of James the younger and of Joses”
MRK 15 40 p9xk Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 of James the younger “of the younger James.” This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James.
MRK 15 40 izn7 translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 40 tw5s translate-names Σαλώμη 1 Salome **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 41 a3qk συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it.
MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-metaphor ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης 1 when evening had already come Here, **evening** is spoken of as if it were something that is able to **come** from one place to another. Alternate translation: “when it had already become evening” or “when it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea “Joseph from Arimathea.” **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Arimathea** is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 43 zm1u τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 he boldly went in to Pilate “he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was”
MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus You can state this clearly that he wanted to get **the body** so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 44 z3gl figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion **Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md).
MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive ποῦ τέθειται 1 where he was laid You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### A young man dressed in a white robe<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone.
MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
See in Reader
